Merge remote-tracking branch 'origin/sqlite-release' into prerelease-integration
[sqlcipher.git] / src / pager.c
blob918f0206bd7712dfda4615f911687d94a097c7f2
1 /*
2 ** 2001 September 15
3 **
4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
6 **
7 ** May you do good and not evil.
8 ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
9 ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
11 *************************************************************************
12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
13 **
14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements
15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
16 ** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file
17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
19 ** another is writing.
21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
22 #include "sqliteInt.h"
23 #include "wal.h"
26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
29 ** journal. These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
37 ** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
39 **
40 ** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
41 ** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
42 ** synced.
43 **
44 ** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
45 **
46 ** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
47 ** the database file at the start of the transaction.
48 **
49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
50 ** following are true:
51 **
52 ** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
53 **
54 ** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
55 ** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
56 ** number consists of a single page change.
57 **
58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
59 ** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
60 ** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
61 ** transaction.
62 **
63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
64 ** in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
65 **
66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
67 ** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
68 ** first 100 bytes of the database file.
69 **
70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
71 ** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
72 **
73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
74 ** are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
75 **
76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
78 ** all queries. Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
80 ** of the database.
81 **
82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
83 ** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
84 ** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
85 ** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
86 **
87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
88 ** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
89 ** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
90 ** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
91 ** invoke it.)
92 **
93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
94 ** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
95 ** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
96 ** database to flush their caches.
98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
99 ** than one billion transactions.
101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
102 ** of every transaction.
104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
105 ** the database file.
107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
108 ** content out of the database file.
110 ******************************************************************************/
113 ** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off
115 #if 0
116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */
117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
118 #define PAGERTRACE(X) if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
119 #else
120 #define PAGERTRACE(X)
121 #endif
124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
125 ** to print out file-descriptors.
127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
129 ** struct as its argument.
131 #define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd))
132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd)
135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
137 ** state diagram.
139 ** OPEN <------+------+
140 ** | | |
141 ** V | |
142 ** +---------> READER-------+ |
143 ** | | |
144 ** | V |
145 ** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
146 ** | | ^
147 ** | V |
148 ** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
149 ** | | |
150 ** | V |
151 ** |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
152 ** | | |
153 ** | V |
154 ** +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
159 ** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
160 ** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock]
162 ** READER -> WRITER_LOCKED [sqlite3PagerBegin]
163 ** WRITER_LOCKED -> WRITER_CACHEMOD [pager_open_journal]
164 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD -> WRITER_DBMOD [syncJournal]
165 ** WRITER_DBMOD -> WRITER_FINISHED [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
166 ** WRITER_*** -> READER [pager_end_transaction]
168 ** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error]
169 ** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock]
172 ** OPEN:
174 ** The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
175 ** state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
176 ** unknown. The database may not be read or written.
178 ** * No read or write transaction is active.
179 ** * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
180 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
182 ** READER:
184 ** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
185 ** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
186 ** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
187 ** open. The database size is known in this state.
189 ** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
190 ** it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
191 ** OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
192 ** running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
193 ** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
194 ** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
195 ** is via the ERROR state (see below).
197 ** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
198 ** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
199 ** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
200 ** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
201 ** may not be trusted at this point.
202 ** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
203 ** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
204 ** there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
206 ** WRITER_LOCKED:
208 ** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
209 ** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
210 ** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
211 ** modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
213 ** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
214 ** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
215 ** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
216 ** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
217 ** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
218 ** file.
220 ** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
221 ** If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
222 ** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
224 ** * A write transaction is active.
225 ** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
226 ** lock is held on the database file.
227 ** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
228 ** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
229 ** called).
230 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
231 ** * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
232 ** * The journal file may or may not be open.
233 ** * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
235 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD:
237 ** A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
238 ** first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
239 ** is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
240 ** start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
242 ** * A write transaction is active.
243 ** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
244 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
245 ** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
246 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
248 ** WRITER_DBMOD:
250 ** The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
251 ** when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
252 ** never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
253 ** just the log file).
255 ** * A write transaction is active.
256 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
257 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
258 ** and synced to disk.
259 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
260 ** written to disk).
262 ** WRITER_FINISHED:
264 ** It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
266 ** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
267 ** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
268 ** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
269 ** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
270 ** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
271 ** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
273 ** * A write transaction is active.
274 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
275 ** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
276 ** If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
277 ** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
278 ** to rollback the transaction.
280 ** ERROR:
282 ** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
283 ** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
284 ** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
285 ** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
287 ** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
288 ** cannot.
290 ** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
291 ** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
292 ** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
293 ** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
294 ** report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
295 ** they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
296 ** file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
297 ** instead of READER following such an error.
299 ** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
300 ** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
301 ** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
302 ** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
303 ** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
304 ** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
305 ** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
306 ** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
307 ** from the error.
309 ** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
311 ** 1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
312 ** function sqlite3PagerRollback().
314 ** 2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
315 ** following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
317 ** 3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
318 ** database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
319 ** memory.
321 ** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
322 ** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
323 ** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
325 ** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
326 ** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
327 ** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
328 ** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
329 ** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
330 ** state.
332 ** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
333 ** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
334 ** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
335 ** * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
338 ** Notes:
340 ** * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
341 ** connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
342 ** of the first four states.
344 ** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
345 ** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
346 ** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
347 ** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
349 ** * See also: assert_pager_state().
351 #define PAGER_OPEN 0
352 #define PAGER_READER 1
353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 2
354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3
355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4
356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 5
357 #define PAGER_ERROR 6
360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
385 ** of hot-journal detection.
387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
393 ** without rolling it back.
395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
405 ** PAGER_OPEN state.
407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
414 if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
416 if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
417 if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
418 #else
419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) /* NO-OP */
420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
421 #endif
424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
432 ** If the option SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE option is set at compile-time, then
433 ** SQLite will do extra fsync() operations when synchronous==FULL to help
434 ** ensure that transactions are durable across a power failure. Most
435 ** applications are happy as long as transactions are consistent across
436 ** a power failure, and are perfectly willing to lose the last transaction
437 ** in exchange for the extra performance of avoiding directory syncs.
438 ** And so the default SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE setting is off.
440 #ifndef SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE
441 # define SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE 0
442 #endif
446 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
447 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
448 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
449 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
451 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
452 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
453 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
454 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
455 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
456 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
458 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
459 struct PagerSavepoint {
460 i64 iOffset; /* Starting offset in main journal */
461 i64 iHdrOffset; /* See above */
462 Bitvec *pInSavepoint; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
463 Pgno nOrig; /* Original number of pages in file */
464 Pgno iSubRec; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
465 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
466 u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA]; /* WAL savepoint context */
467 #endif
471 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag. See further description below.
473 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF 0x01 /* Never spill cache. Set via pragma */
474 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK 0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
475 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC 0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
478 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
479 ** some of the more important member variables follows:
481 ** eState
483 ** The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
484 ** diagram above for a description of the pager state.
486 ** eLock
488 ** For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
489 ** NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
491 ** For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
492 ** locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
493 ** databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
494 ** logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
495 ** need (and no reason to release them).
497 ** In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
498 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
499 ** details.
501 ** changeCountDone
503 ** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
504 ** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
505 ** not updated more often than necessary.
507 ** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
508 ** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
509 ** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
510 ** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
511 ** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
512 ** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
514 ** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
515 ** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
516 ** committed.
518 ** setMaster
520 ** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
521 ** (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the
522 ** journal file before it is synced to disk.
524 ** Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects
525 ** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
526 ** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
527 ** If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
528 ** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
529 ** it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
530 ** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
531 ** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
533 ** Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
534 ** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
535 ** master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
536 ** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
538 ** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
539 ** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
540 ** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
541 ** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
543 ** doNotSpill
545 ** This variables control the behavior of cache-spills (calls made by
546 ** the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
547 ** to the file-system in order to free up memory).
549 ** When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
550 ** writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
551 ** The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
552 ** comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
553 ** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
554 ** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). The SPILLFLAG_OFF
555 ** case is a user preference.
557 ** If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from
558 ** pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not.
559 ** This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size
560 ** is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync
561 ** from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
563 ** subjInMemory
565 ** This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
566 ** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
567 ** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
569 ** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
570 ** write-transaction is opened.
572 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
574 ** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
575 ** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
576 ** OPEN and ERROR).
578 ** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
579 ** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
580 ** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
581 ** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
582 ** dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
583 ** Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
584 ** to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
585 ** to dbSize==1).
587 ** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
588 ** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
589 ** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
590 ** dbSize is updated.
592 ** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
593 ** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
594 ** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
595 ** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
596 ** being modified.
598 ** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
599 ** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
600 ** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
601 ** to write or truncate the database file on disk.
603 ** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
604 ** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
605 ** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
606 ** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
607 ** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
608 ** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
609 ** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
610 ** pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
611 ** a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
612 ** pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
614 ** dbHintSize
616 ** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
617 ** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
619 ** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
620 ** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
621 ** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
622 ** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
623 ** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
624 ** details.
626 ** errCode
628 ** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
629 ** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
630 ** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
631 ** sub-codes.
633 struct Pager {
634 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */
635 u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
636 u8 journalMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
637 u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
638 u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */
639 u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
640 u8 extraSync; /* sync directory after journal delete */
641 u8 ckptSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */
642 u8 walSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */
643 u8 syncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
644 u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
645 u8 noLock; /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
646 u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */
647 u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
649 /**************************************************************************
650 ** The following block contains those class members that change during
651 ** routine operation. Class members not in this block are either fixed
652 ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
653 ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
654 ** or the journal_mode). From another view, these class members describe
655 ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
656 ** "configuration" of the pager.
658 u8 eState; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
659 u8 eLock; /* Current lock held on database file */
660 u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
661 u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
662 u8 doNotSpill; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
663 u8 subjInMemory; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
664 u8 bUseFetch; /* True to use xFetch() */
665 u8 hasHeldSharedLock; /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */
666 Pgno dbSize; /* Number of pages in the database */
667 Pgno dbOrigSize; /* dbSize before the current transaction */
668 Pgno dbFileSize; /* Number of pages in the database file */
669 Pgno dbHintSize; /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
670 int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */
671 int nRec; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
672 u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
673 u32 nSubRec; /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
674 Bitvec *pInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */
675 sqlite3_file *fd; /* File descriptor for database */
676 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* File descriptor for main journal */
677 sqlite3_file *sjfd; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
678 i64 journalOff; /* Current write offset in the journal file */
679 i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
680 sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
681 PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
682 int nSavepoint; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
683 u32 iDataVersion; /* Changes whenever database content changes */
684 char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */
686 int nMmapOut; /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
687 sqlite3_int64 szMmap; /* Desired maximum mmap size */
688 PgHdr *pMmapFreelist; /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
690 ** End of the routinely-changing class members
691 ***************************************************************************/
693 u16 nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
694 i16 nReserve; /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
695 u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
696 u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
697 int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */
698 Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
699 i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
700 char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */
701 char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */
702 int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
703 void *pBusyHandlerArg; /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
704 int aStat[3]; /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */
705 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
706 int nRead; /* Database pages read */
707 #endif
708 void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
709 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
710 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
711 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
712 void (*xCodecFree)(void*); /* Destructor for the codec */
713 void *pCodec; /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
714 #endif
715 char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
716 PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */
717 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
718 Wal *pWal; /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
719 char *zWal; /* File name for write-ahead log */
720 #endif
724 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
725 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
726 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
728 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT 0
729 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS 1
730 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
733 ** The following global variables hold counters used for
734 ** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in
735 ** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe.
737 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
738 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */
739 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */
740 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */
741 # define PAGER_INCR(v) v++
742 #else
743 # define PAGER_INCR(v)
744 #endif
749 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data
750 ** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check.
752 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
753 ** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is being
754 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
755 ** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made
756 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional
757 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
758 ** journal and ignore it.
760 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
761 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both
762 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
763 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
764 ** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important,
765 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
766 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the
767 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
768 ** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which
769 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
771 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
772 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
776 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
777 ** the following macro.
779 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
782 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
783 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
785 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
788 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
789 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
790 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
791 ** out code that would never execute.
793 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
794 # define MEMDB 0
795 #else
796 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
797 #endif
800 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
801 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
803 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
804 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
805 #else
806 # define USEFETCH(x) 0
807 #endif
810 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
812 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
815 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
816 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
818 ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
820 ** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
822 ** instead of
824 ** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
826 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0)
829 ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual
830 ** rollback journal. Otherwise false.
832 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
833 static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){
834 return (pPager->pWal!=0);
836 #else
837 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
838 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
839 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
840 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
841 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
842 #endif
844 #ifndef NDEBUG
846 ** Usage:
848 ** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
850 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
851 ** the internal state of the Pager object.
853 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
854 Pager *pPager = p;
856 /* State must be valid. */
857 assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
858 || p->eState==PAGER_READER
859 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
860 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
861 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
862 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
863 || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
866 /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
867 ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
868 ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
870 assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
871 assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
873 /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
874 ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
876 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
877 assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
879 /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
880 ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
881 ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
882 ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
883 ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
884 ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
885 ** state.
887 if( MEMDB ){
888 assert( p->noSync );
889 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
890 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
892 assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
893 assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
896 /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
897 ** on the file.
899 assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
900 assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
902 switch( p->eState ){
903 case PAGER_OPEN:
904 assert( !MEMDB );
905 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
906 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
907 break;
909 case PAGER_READER:
910 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
911 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
912 assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
913 break;
915 case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
916 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
917 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
918 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
919 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
921 assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
922 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
923 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
924 assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
925 break;
927 case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
928 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
929 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
930 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
931 /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
932 ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
933 ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
934 ** to journal_mode=wal.
936 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
937 assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
938 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
939 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
942 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
943 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
944 break;
946 case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
947 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
948 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
949 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
950 assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
951 assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
952 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
953 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
955 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
956 break;
958 case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
959 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
960 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
961 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
962 assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
963 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
964 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
966 break;
968 case PAGER_ERROR:
969 /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
970 ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
971 ** back to OPEN state.
973 assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
974 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
975 break;
978 return 1;
980 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
982 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
984 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
985 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
986 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
987 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
989 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
991 static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
992 static char zRet[1024];
994 sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
995 "Filename: %s\n"
996 "State: %s errCode=%d\n"
997 "Lock: %s\n"
998 "Locking mode: locking_mode=%s\n"
999 "Journal mode: journal_mode=%s\n"
1000 "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
1001 "Journal: journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
1002 "Size: dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
1003 , p->zFilename
1004 , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? "OPEN" :
1005 p->eState==PAGER_READER ? "READER" :
1006 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
1007 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
1008 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
1009 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
1010 p->eState==PAGER_ERROR ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
1011 , (int)p->errCode
1012 , p->eLock==NO_LOCK ? "NO_LOCK" :
1013 p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK ? "RESERVED" :
1014 p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
1015 p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK ? "SHARED" :
1016 p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
1017 , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
1018 , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ? "memory" :
1019 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ? "off" :
1020 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ? "delete" :
1021 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ? "persist" :
1022 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
1023 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "wal" : "?error?"
1024 , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
1025 , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
1026 , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
1029 return zRet;
1031 #endif
1034 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
1035 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
1036 ** or more open savepoints for which:
1038 ** * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
1039 ** * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
1040 ** PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
1042 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1043 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1044 PagerSavepoint *p;
1045 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
1046 int i;
1047 for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
1048 p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
1049 if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
1050 return 1;
1053 return 0;
1056 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
1058 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
1060 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
1061 return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
1063 #endif
1066 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer
1067 ** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
1068 ** error code is something goes wrong.
1070 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
1072 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
1073 unsigned char ac[4];
1074 int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
1075 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
1076 *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
1078 return rc;
1082 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
1084 #define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
1088 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK
1089 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
1091 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
1092 char ac[4];
1093 put32bits(ac, val);
1094 return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
1098 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
1099 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
1100 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
1102 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1103 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
1104 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
1106 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1107 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1109 assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
1110 assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
1111 assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
1112 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
1113 assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
1114 rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1115 if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1116 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1118 IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1120 return rc;
1124 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
1125 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
1126 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
1128 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1129 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1130 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
1131 ** of this.
1133 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1134 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1136 assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
1137 if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1138 rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1139 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
1140 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1141 IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1144 return rc;
1148 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization
1149 ** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if:
1151 ** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
1152 ** a database page may be written atomically, and
1153 ** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
1154 ** to the page size.
1156 ** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is
1157 ** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory
1158 ** database.
1160 ** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used,
1161 ** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it
1162 ** contains rollback data for exactly one page.
1164 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
1165 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
1166 assert( !MEMDB );
1167 if( !pPager->tempFile ){
1168 int dc; /* Device characteristics */
1169 int nSector; /* Sector size */
1170 int szPage; /* Page size */
1172 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
1173 dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
1174 nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
1175 szPage = pPager->pageSize;
1177 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
1178 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
1179 if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
1180 return 0;
1184 return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
1186 #endif
1189 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
1190 ** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing
1191 ** and debugging only.
1193 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1195 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
1197 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
1198 u32 hash = 0;
1199 int i;
1200 for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
1201 hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
1203 return hash;
1205 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1206 return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
1208 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1209 pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
1213 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1214 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
1215 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
1217 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
1218 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1219 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1220 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1221 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
1224 #else
1225 #define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0
1226 #define pager_pagehash(X) 0
1227 #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
1228 #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
1229 #endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
1232 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
1233 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the
1234 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
1235 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
1236 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
1238 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
1239 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
1240 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
1241 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
1242 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
1243 ** were present in the journal.
1245 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
1246 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
1247 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
1248 ** journal file name.
1250 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present
1251 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
1253 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
1254 ** error code is returned.
1256 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
1257 int rc; /* Return code */
1258 u32 len; /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
1259 i64 szJ; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
1260 u32 cksum; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
1261 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */
1262 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1263 zMaster[0] = '\0';
1265 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
1266 || szJ<16
1267 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
1268 || len>=nMaster
1269 || len==0
1270 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
1271 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
1272 || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
1273 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
1275 return rc;
1278 /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
1279 for(u=0; u<len; u++){
1280 cksum -= zMaster[u];
1282 if( cksum ){
1283 /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
1284 ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
1285 ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
1286 ** master-journal filename.
1288 len = 0;
1290 zMaster[len] = '\0';
1292 return SQLITE_OK;
1296 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
1297 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
1298 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
1300 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
1302 ** Pager.journalOff Return value
1303 ** ---------------------------------------
1304 ** 0 0
1305 ** 512 512
1306 ** 100 512
1307 ** 2000 2048
1310 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
1311 i64 offset = 0;
1312 i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
1313 if( c ){
1314 offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1316 assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
1317 assert( offset>=c );
1318 assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
1319 return offset;
1323 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
1325 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
1326 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
1328 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
1329 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
1330 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
1331 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
1332 ** after writing or truncating it.
1334 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
1335 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
1336 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
1337 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
1338 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
1340 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
1341 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
1343 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
1344 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
1345 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1346 if( pPager->journalOff ){
1347 const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit; /* Local cache of jsl */
1349 IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
1350 if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
1351 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1352 }else{
1353 static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
1354 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
1356 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
1357 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
1360 /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
1361 ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
1362 ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
1363 ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
1364 ** to sync the file following this operation.
1366 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
1367 i64 sz;
1368 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
1369 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
1370 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
1374 return rc;
1378 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
1379 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
1380 ** current location.
1382 ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
1383 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
1384 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
1385 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
1386 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
1387 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
1388 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
1390 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
1392 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
1393 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
1394 char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temporary space used to build header */
1395 u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
1396 u32 nWrite; /* Bytes of header sector written */
1397 int ii; /* Loop counter */
1399 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */
1401 if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
1402 nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1405 /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
1406 ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
1407 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
1409 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1410 if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
1411 pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
1415 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1418 ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
1419 ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
1420 ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
1421 ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
1422 ** of records (see syncJournal()).
1424 ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
1425 ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
1426 ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
1427 ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
1428 ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
1429 ** where this risk can be ignored:
1431 ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
1432 ** power failure in this case anyway.
1434 ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
1435 ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
1437 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
1438 if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
1439 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
1441 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
1442 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
1443 }else{
1444 memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
1447 /* The random check-hash initializer */
1448 sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
1449 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
1450 /* The initial database size */
1451 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
1452 /* The assumed sector size for this process */
1453 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
1455 /* The page size */
1456 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
1458 /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary. Everything
1459 ** works find if the following memset() is omitted. But initializing
1460 ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
1461 ** take the performance hit.
1463 memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
1464 nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
1466 /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
1467 ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
1468 ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
1469 ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
1470 ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
1472 ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
1473 ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
1474 ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
1475 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
1476 ** is done.
1478 ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
1479 ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
1480 ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
1481 ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
1483 for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
1484 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
1485 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
1486 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1487 pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
1490 return rc;
1494 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
1495 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
1496 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
1497 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
1498 ** a description of the journal header format.
1500 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
1501 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
1502 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
1503 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
1504 ** in this case.
1506 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
1507 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
1508 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
1510 static int readJournalHdr(
1511 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
1512 int isHot,
1513 i64 journalSize, /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
1514 u32 *pNRec, /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
1515 u32 *pDbSize /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
1517 int rc; /* Return code */
1518 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1519 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of journal header being read */
1521 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */
1523 /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
1524 ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
1525 ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
1527 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1528 if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
1529 return SQLITE_DONE;
1531 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1533 /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
1534 ** the magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
1535 ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
1536 ** proceed.
1538 if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
1539 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
1540 if( rc ){
1541 return rc;
1543 if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
1544 return SQLITE_DONE;
1548 /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
1549 ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
1550 ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
1552 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
1553 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
1554 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
1556 return rc;
1559 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1560 u32 iPageSize; /* Page-size field of journal header */
1561 u32 iSectorSize; /* Sector-size field of journal header */
1563 /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
1564 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
1565 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
1567 return rc;
1570 /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
1571 ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
1572 ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
1574 if( iPageSize==0 ){
1575 iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
1578 /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
1579 ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
1580 ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
1581 ** respective compile time maximum limits.
1583 if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32
1584 || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
1585 || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
1587 /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
1588 ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
1589 ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
1590 ** the journal file here.
1592 return SQLITE_DONE;
1595 /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
1596 ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
1597 ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
1599 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
1600 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
1602 /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
1603 ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
1604 ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
1605 ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
1606 ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
1608 pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
1611 pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1612 return rc;
1617 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
1618 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
1619 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
1620 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
1621 ** anything is written. The format is:
1623 ** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
1624 ** + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
1625 ** + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
1626 ** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
1627 ** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
1629 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
1630 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
1632 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
1633 ** this call is a no-op.
1635 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
1636 int rc; /* Return code */
1637 int nMaster; /* Length of string zMaster */
1638 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of header in journal file */
1639 i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */
1640 u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zMaster */
1642 assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
1643 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1645 if( !zMaster
1646 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1647 || !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
1649 return SQLITE_OK;
1651 pPager->setMaster = 1;
1652 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1654 /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
1655 for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
1656 cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
1659 /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
1660 ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
1661 ** the journal has already been synced.
1663 if( pPager->fullSync ){
1664 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1666 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1668 /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
1669 ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
1671 if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
1672 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
1673 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
1674 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
1675 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8,
1676 iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
1678 return rc;
1680 pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
1682 /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
1683 ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
1684 ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
1685 ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
1686 ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine
1687 ** whether or not the journal is hot.
1689 ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
1690 ** file to the required size.
1692 if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
1693 && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
1695 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
1697 return rc;
1701 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
1703 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
1704 pPager->iDataVersion++;
1705 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
1706 sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
1710 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value
1712 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){
1713 assert( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN );
1714 return pPager->iDataVersion;
1718 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
1719 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
1720 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
1722 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
1723 int ii; /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
1724 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1725 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
1727 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
1728 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
1730 sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
1731 pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
1732 pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
1733 pPager->nSubRec = 0;
1737 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
1738 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
1739 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
1741 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
1742 int ii; /* Loop counter */
1743 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */
1745 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1746 PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
1747 if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
1748 rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
1749 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1750 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1753 return rc;
1757 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
1758 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
1759 ** state.
1761 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
1762 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
1763 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
1764 ** closed (if it is open).
1766 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
1767 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
1768 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
1769 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
1770 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
1771 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
1773 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
1775 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
1776 || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
1777 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
1780 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
1781 pPager->pInJournal = 0;
1782 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1784 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
1785 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1786 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
1787 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1788 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
1789 int rc; /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
1790 int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
1792 /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
1793 ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock. Otherwise
1794 ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
1795 ** out from under us.
1797 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)!=1 );
1798 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)!=1 );
1799 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)!=1 );
1800 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)!=1 );
1801 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
1802 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
1803 if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
1804 || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
1806 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1809 /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
1810 ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
1811 ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
1812 ** is necessary.
1814 rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
1815 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
1816 pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
1819 /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
1820 ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
1821 ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
1823 assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1824 pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1825 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1828 /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
1829 ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
1830 ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
1831 ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
1833 if( pPager->errCode ){
1834 assert( !MEMDB );
1835 pager_reset(pPager);
1836 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
1837 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1838 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
1839 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
1842 pPager->journalOff = 0;
1843 pPager->journalHdr = 0;
1844 pPager->setMaster = 0;
1848 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
1849 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
1850 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
1851 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
1852 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
1854 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
1855 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
1856 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
1857 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
1859 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
1860 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
1861 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
1862 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
1863 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
1864 ** it were a hot-journal).
1866 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
1867 int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
1868 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1869 assert(
1870 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
1871 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
1872 (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
1874 if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
1875 pPager->errCode = rc;
1876 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
1878 return rc;
1881 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage);
1884 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
1885 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
1886 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
1887 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
1888 ** database transaction.
1890 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
1891 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
1892 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
1894 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
1896 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
1897 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
1898 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
1899 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
1900 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
1901 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
1903 ** journalMode==MEMORY
1904 ** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
1905 ** in-memory journal.
1907 ** journalMode==TRUNCATE
1908 ** Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
1910 ** journalMode==PERSIST
1911 ** The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
1912 ** the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
1913 ** file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
1915 ** journalMode==DELETE
1916 ** The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
1918 ** If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
1919 ** the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
1920 ** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
1921 ** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
1923 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
1924 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
1925 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
1927 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
1928 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
1929 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
1930 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
1931 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
1932 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
1933 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
1934 ** returned.
1936 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
1937 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
1938 int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
1940 /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
1941 ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
1942 ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
1943 ** held under two circumstances:
1945 ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
1946 ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1948 ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
1949 ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
1950 ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
1951 ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
1953 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
1954 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1955 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
1956 return SQLITE_OK;
1959 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1960 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 );
1961 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
1962 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1964 /* Finalize the journal file. */
1965 if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd) ){
1966 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
1967 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1968 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
1969 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1970 rc = SQLITE_OK;
1971 }else{
1972 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1973 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){
1974 /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away.
1975 ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and
1976 ** cause the last transaction to roll back. See
1977 ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773
1979 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
1982 pPager->journalOff = 0;
1983 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
1984 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
1986 rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster);
1987 pPager->journalOff = 0;
1988 }else{
1989 /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
1990 ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
1991 ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
1992 ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
1994 int bDelete = (!pPager->tempFile && sqlite3JournalExists(pPager->jfd));
1995 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
1996 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1997 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
1999 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2000 if( bDelete ){
2001 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync);
2006 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
2007 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
2008 if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
2009 PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1);
2010 if( p ){
2011 p->pageHash = 0;
2012 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
2015 #endif
2017 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
2018 pPager->pInJournal = 0;
2019 pPager->nRec = 0;
2020 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
2021 sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
2023 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2024 /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
2025 ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
2026 ** lock held on the database file.
2028 rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
2029 assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
2030 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
2031 /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
2032 ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
2033 ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
2034 ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
2035 ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
2036 ** required size. */
2037 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2038 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
2041 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
2042 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0);
2043 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
2046 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
2047 && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
2049 rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
2050 pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
2052 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
2053 pPager->setMaster = 0;
2055 return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
2059 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
2060 ** database file.
2062 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
2063 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
2064 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
2065 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
2066 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
2067 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
2068 ** will roll it back.
2070 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
2071 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
2072 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
2073 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
2075 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
2076 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
2077 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2078 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
2079 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
2080 sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
2081 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
2082 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
2083 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
2084 pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
2087 pager_unlock(pPager);
2091 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
2092 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
2093 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
2095 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
2096 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
2097 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
2098 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
2100 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
2101 ** incompatible journal file format.
2103 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
2104 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
2105 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
2106 ** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
2107 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
2109 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
2110 u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit; /* Checksum value to return */
2111 int i = pPager->pageSize-200; /* Loop counter */
2112 while( i>0 ){
2113 cksum += aData[i];
2114 i -= 200;
2116 return cksum;
2120 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
2121 ** to the codec.
2123 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2124 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
2125 if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
2126 pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
2127 (int)pPager->nReserve);
2130 #else
2131 # define pagerReportSize(X) /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
2132 #endif
2134 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2136 ** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination
2137 ** pager as it is in the source. This comes up when a VACUUM changes the
2138 ** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount.
2140 void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){
2141 if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){
2142 pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve;
2143 pagerReportSize(pDest);
2146 #endif
2149 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
2150 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
2151 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
2152 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
2154 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
2155 ** not.
2157 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
2158 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
2159 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
2161 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
2162 ** been played back. If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
2163 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
2164 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
2165 ** prior to returning.
2167 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
2168 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
2169 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
2170 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
2171 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
2172 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
2173 ** two circumstances:
2175 ** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
2176 ** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
2177 ** and the checksum field does not match the record content.
2179 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
2181 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
2182 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
2183 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
2185 static int pager_playback_one_page(
2186 Pager *pPager, /* The pager being played back */
2187 i64 *pOffset, /* Offset of record to playback */
2188 Bitvec *pDone, /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
2189 int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
2190 int isSavepnt /* True for a savepoint rollback */
2192 int rc;
2193 PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */
2194 Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */
2195 u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
2196 char *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */
2197 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
2198 int isSynced; /* True if journal page is synced */
2200 assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
2201 assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
2202 assert( isMainJrnl || pDone ); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
2203 assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
2205 aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2206 assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
2207 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
2209 /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
2210 ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
2211 ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
2212 ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
2213 ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
2215 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
2216 || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
2218 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
2220 /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
2221 ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
2223 jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
2224 rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
2225 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2226 rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
2227 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2228 *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
2230 /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally
2231 ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
2232 ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to
2233 ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
2235 if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
2236 assert( !isSavepnt );
2237 return SQLITE_DONE;
2239 if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
2240 return SQLITE_OK;
2242 if( isMainJrnl ){
2243 rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
2244 if( rc ) return rc;
2245 if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
2246 return SQLITE_DONE;
2250 /* If this page has already been played back before during the current
2251 ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
2253 if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
2254 return rc;
2257 /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
2259 if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
2260 pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
2261 pagerReportSize(pPager);
2264 /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
2265 ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
2266 ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
2268 ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
2269 ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
2270 ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
2271 ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
2272 ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
2273 ** assert()able.
2275 ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
2276 ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
2277 ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
2278 ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
2279 ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
2281 ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is
2282 ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
2283 ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
2284 ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a
2285 ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
2286 ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
2287 ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
2288 ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
2289 ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be
2290 ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
2291 ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
2292 ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
2293 ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
2295 ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
2296 ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
2297 ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
2299 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2300 pPg = 0;
2301 }else{
2302 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
2304 assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
2305 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 );
2306 PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
2307 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
2308 (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
2310 if( isMainJrnl ){
2311 isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
2312 }else{
2313 isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
2315 if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2316 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2317 && isSynced
2319 i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2320 testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
2321 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2322 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2323 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
2324 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
2326 if( pPager->pBackup ){
2327 CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
2328 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2329 CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, aData);
2331 }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
2332 /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
2333 ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
2334 ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
2335 ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
2336 ** current.
2338 ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
2339 ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
2340 ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
2341 ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
2343 ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
2344 ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
2345 ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
2346 ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
2348 assert( isSavepnt );
2349 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
2350 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2351 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
2352 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
2353 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2354 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2355 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ;
2356 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
2358 if( pPg ){
2359 /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
2360 ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
2361 ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
2362 ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
2363 ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
2365 void *pData;
2366 pData = pPg->pData;
2367 memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
2368 pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2369 if( isMainJrnl && (!isSavepnt || *pOffset<=pPager->journalHdr) ){
2370 /* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main
2371 ** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the
2372 ** transaction was first opened. In this case we can mark the page
2373 ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the
2374 ** database.
2376 ** There is one exception to this rule. If the page is being rolled
2377 ** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an
2378 ** unsynced portion of the main journal file, then it is not safe
2379 ** to mark the page as clean. This is because marking the page as
2380 ** clean will clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag. Since the page is
2381 ** already in the journal file (recorded in Pager.pInJournal) and
2382 ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is cleared, if the page is written to
2383 ** again within this transaction, it will be marked as dirty but
2384 ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag will not be set. It could then potentially
2385 ** be written out into the database file before its journal file
2386 ** segment is synced. If a crash occurs during or following this,
2387 ** database corruption may ensue.
2389 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2390 sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
2392 pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
2394 /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
2395 ** Do this before any decoding. */
2396 if( pgno==1 ){
2397 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2400 /* Decode the page just read from disk */
2401 CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
2402 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
2404 return rc;
2408 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
2409 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
2410 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
2411 ** and does so if it is.
2413 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
2414 ** available for use within this function.
2416 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names
2417 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
2418 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
2419 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
2420 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
2422 ** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
2424 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
2425 ** journals have been rolled back.
2427 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into
2428 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
2429 ** each child journal, it checks if:
2431 ** * if the child journal exists, and if so
2432 ** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal
2433 ** file zMaster
2435 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
2436 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
2437 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
2438 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
2440 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
2441 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
2442 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
2443 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2445 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
2446 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
2447 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
2448 ** size.
2450 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
2451 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2452 int rc; /* Return code */
2453 sqlite3_file *pMaster; /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
2454 sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
2455 char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
2456 i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */
2457 char *zJournal; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
2458 char *zMasterPtr; /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
2459 int nMasterPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
2461 /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
2462 ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
2464 pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
2465 pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
2466 if( !pMaster ){
2467 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
2468 }else{
2469 const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
2470 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
2472 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2474 /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
2475 ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. Also obtain
2476 ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
2477 ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
2479 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
2480 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2481 nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
2482 zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
2483 if( !zMasterJournal ){
2484 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
2485 goto delmaster_out;
2487 zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
2488 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
2489 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2490 zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
2492 zJournal = zMasterJournal;
2493 while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
2494 int exists;
2495 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
2496 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2497 goto delmaster_out;
2499 if( exists ){
2500 /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
2501 ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
2502 ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
2504 int c;
2505 int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
2506 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
2507 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2508 goto delmaster_out;
2511 rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
2512 sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
2513 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2514 goto delmaster_out;
2517 c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
2518 if( c ){
2519 /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
2520 goto delmaster_out;
2523 zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
2526 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2527 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
2529 delmaster_out:
2530 sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
2531 if( pMaster ){
2532 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2533 assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
2534 sqlite3_free(pMaster);
2536 return rc;
2541 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
2542 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
2543 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
2545 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
2546 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
2547 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
2548 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
2549 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
2551 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
2552 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
2553 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
2554 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
2555 ** the end of the new file instead.
2557 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
2558 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
2560 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
2561 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2562 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2563 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
2565 if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2566 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2568 i64 currentSize, newSize;
2569 int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
2570 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2571 /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
2572 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
2573 newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
2574 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
2575 if( currentSize>newSize ){
2576 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
2577 }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
2578 char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2579 memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
2580 testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
2581 testcase( (newSize-szPage) > currentSize );
2582 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
2584 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2585 pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
2589 return rc;
2593 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
2594 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2596 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
2597 int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile);
2598 if( iRet<32 ){
2599 iRet = 512;
2600 }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
2601 assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
2602 iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
2604 return iRet;
2608 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
2609 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
2610 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
2611 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
2612 ** master journal pointers within created journal files.
2614 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
2616 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
2617 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
2618 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
2619 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2621 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
2622 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512). The purpose of
2623 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
2624 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
2625 ** that range. But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
2626 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
2627 ** size. For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
2628 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
2630 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
2631 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
2633 if( pPager->tempFile
2634 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) &
2635 SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
2637 /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
2638 ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
2639 ** call will segfault. */
2640 pPager->sectorSize = 512;
2641 }else{
2642 pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd);
2647 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
2648 ** the state it was in before we started making changes.
2650 ** The journal file format is as follows:
2652 ** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[].
2653 ** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
2654 ** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
2655 ** number of page records from the journal size.
2656 ** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
2657 ** sanity checksum.
2658 ** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
2659 ** database to during a rollback.
2660 ** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header
2661 ** is this many bytes in size.
2662 ** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
2663 ** (7) zero padding out to the next sector size.
2664 ** (8) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
2665 ** + 4 byte page number.
2666 ** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
2667 ** + 4 byte checksum
2669 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
2670 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
2672 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of
2673 ** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the
2674 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power
2675 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
2676 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
2677 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case,
2678 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For
2679 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
2681 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
2682 ** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the
2683 ** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption
2684 ** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be
2685 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
2687 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
2688 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
2689 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
2690 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
2691 ** been encountered.
2693 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
2694 ** and an error code is returned.
2696 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
2697 ** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is
2698 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
2699 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
2700 ** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
2701 ** needed.
2703 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
2704 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2705 i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
2706 u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */
2707 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */
2708 Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */
2709 int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */
2710 int res = 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
2711 char *zMaster = 0; /* Name of master journal file if any */
2712 int needPagerReset; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
2713 int nPlayback = 0; /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
2715 /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if
2716 ** the journal is empty.
2718 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
2719 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
2720 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2721 goto end_playback;
2724 /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
2725 ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
2726 ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
2727 ** played back.
2729 ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
2730 ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
2731 ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
2732 ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
2733 ** for pageSize.
2735 zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2736 rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2737 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
2738 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
2740 zMaster = 0;
2741 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
2742 goto end_playback;
2744 pPager->journalOff = 0;
2745 needPagerReset = isHot;
2747 /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
2748 ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
2749 ** occurs.
2751 while( 1 ){
2752 /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are
2753 ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
2754 ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
2755 ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
2757 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
2758 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2759 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2760 rc = SQLITE_OK;
2762 goto end_playback;
2765 /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
2766 ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
2767 ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
2768 ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
2770 if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
2771 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
2772 nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2775 /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
2776 ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
2777 ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
2778 ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
2779 ** size of the file.
2781 ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
2782 ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
2783 ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But
2784 ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
2785 ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
2786 ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
2787 ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
2789 if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
2790 pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
2791 nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2794 /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
2795 ** database file back to its original size.
2797 if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
2798 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
2799 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2800 goto end_playback;
2802 pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
2805 /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
2806 ** database file and/or page cache.
2808 for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
2809 if( needPagerReset ){
2810 pager_reset(pPager);
2811 needPagerReset = 0;
2813 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
2814 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2815 nPlayback++;
2816 }else{
2817 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2818 pPager->journalOff = szJ;
2819 break;
2820 }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2821 /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
2822 ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
2823 ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash. In that
2824 ** case, the database should have never been written in the
2825 ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
2826 rc = SQLITE_OK;
2827 goto end_playback;
2828 }else{
2829 /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
2830 ** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state
2831 ** so that no further harm will be done. Perhaps the next
2832 ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
2834 goto end_playback;
2839 /*NOTREACHED*/
2840 assert( 0 );
2842 end_playback:
2843 /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
2844 ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
2845 ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
2846 ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
2848 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
2849 if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){
2850 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
2852 #endif
2854 /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
2855 ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
2856 ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
2857 ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
2858 ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
2859 ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
2860 ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
2861 ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
2863 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
2865 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2866 zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2867 rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2868 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2870 if( rc==SQLITE_OK
2871 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2873 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0);
2875 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2876 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0);
2877 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2879 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
2880 /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
2881 ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
2883 rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
2884 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2886 if( isHot && nPlayback ){
2887 sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s",
2888 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal);
2891 /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
2892 ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
2893 ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
2895 setSectorSize(pPager);
2896 return rc;
2901 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into
2902 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
2903 ** file before this function is called.
2905 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
2906 ** the value read from the database file.
2908 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
2909 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2911 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg, u32 iFrame){
2912 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
2913 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; /* Page number to read */
2914 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
2915 int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */
2917 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
2918 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
2920 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
2921 if( iFrame ){
2922 /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */
2923 rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame, pgsz, pPg->pData);
2924 }else
2925 #endif
2927 i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2928 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset);
2929 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2930 rc = SQLITE_OK;
2934 if( pgno==1 ){
2935 if( rc ){
2936 /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
2937 ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy
2938 ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be
2939 ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
2940 ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff. So filling
2941 ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
2943 ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes
2944 ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of
2945 ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
2946 ** we should still be ok.
2948 memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2949 }else{
2950 u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
2951 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2954 CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM);
2956 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
2957 PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
2958 IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
2959 PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
2960 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
2962 return rc;
2966 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
2967 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
2969 ** This is an unconditional update. See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
2970 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
2971 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
2973 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
2974 u32 change_counter;
2976 /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
2977 change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
2978 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
2980 /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
2981 ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
2982 ** is valid. */
2983 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
2984 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
2987 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
2989 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
2990 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
2991 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
2992 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
2994 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
2995 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
2996 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
2997 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
2998 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
3000 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
3001 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3002 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
3003 PgHdr *pPg;
3005 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3006 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
3007 if( pPg ){
3008 if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
3009 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
3010 }else{
3011 u32 iFrame = 0;
3012 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
3013 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3014 rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
3016 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3017 pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
3019 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
3023 /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
3024 ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
3025 ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
3026 ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
3027 ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
3028 ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
3029 ** the backups must be restarted.
3031 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
3033 return rc;
3037 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
3039 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
3040 int rc; /* Return Code */
3041 PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */
3043 /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
3044 ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
3045 ** following:
3047 ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
3048 ** + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
3050 pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
3051 rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
3052 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3053 while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3054 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
3055 rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
3056 pList = pNext;
3059 return rc;
3063 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
3064 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
3065 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
3066 ** changed.
3068 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
3069 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
3071 static int pagerWalFrames(
3072 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
3073 PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */
3074 Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */
3075 int isCommit /* True if this is a commit */
3077 int rc; /* Return code */
3078 int nList; /* Number of pages in pList */
3079 PgHdr *p; /* For looping over pages */
3081 assert( pPager->pWal );
3082 assert( pList );
3083 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
3084 /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
3085 for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
3086 assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
3088 #endif
3090 assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
3091 if( isCommit ){
3092 /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
3093 ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
3094 ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
3095 ** list here. */
3096 PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
3097 nList = 0;
3098 for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
3099 if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
3100 ppNext = &p->pDirty;
3101 nList++;
3104 assert( pList );
3105 }else{
3106 nList = 1;
3108 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
3110 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
3111 rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
3112 pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
3114 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
3115 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3116 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
3120 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
3121 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3122 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3123 pager_set_pagehash(p);
3125 #endif
3127 return rc;
3131 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
3133 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
3134 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
3135 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
3136 ** other writers or checkpointers.
3138 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
3139 int rc; /* Return code */
3140 int changed = 0; /* True if cache must be reset */
3142 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3143 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
3145 /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
3146 ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. So call it now. If we
3147 ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
3148 ** the duplicate call is harmless.
3150 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
3152 rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
3153 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
3154 pager_reset(pPager);
3155 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
3158 return rc;
3160 #endif
3163 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
3164 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
3165 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
3167 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
3168 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
3169 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
3171 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
3172 Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */
3174 /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
3175 ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
3176 ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
3177 ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
3178 ** contains no valid committed transactions.
3180 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3181 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3182 nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
3184 /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the
3185 ** WAL sub-system, determine the page counte based on the size of
3186 ** the database file. If the size of the database file is not an
3187 ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result.
3189 if( nPage==0 ){
3190 i64 n = 0; /* Size of db file in bytes */
3191 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3192 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3193 int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
3194 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
3195 return rc;
3198 nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
3201 /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
3202 ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
3203 ** that the file can be read.
3205 if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
3206 pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
3209 *pnPage = nPage;
3210 return SQLITE_OK;
3213 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3215 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
3216 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
3217 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
3219 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
3220 ** in WAL mode. If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
3221 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
3222 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
3224 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
3226 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
3227 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
3228 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
3229 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
3230 ** other connection.
3232 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
3233 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3234 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3235 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3237 if( !pPager->tempFile ){
3238 int isWal; /* True if WAL file exists */
3239 Pgno nPage; /* Size of the database file */
3241 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
3242 if( rc ) return rc;
3243 if( nPage==0 ){
3244 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
3245 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
3246 isWal = 0;
3247 }else{
3248 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
3249 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
3252 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3253 if( isWal ){
3254 testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
3255 rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
3256 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
3257 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
3261 return rc;
3263 #endif
3266 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
3267 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
3268 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
3269 ** savepoint.
3271 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
3272 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
3273 ** performed in the order specified:
3275 ** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
3276 ** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
3277 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
3278 ** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
3280 ** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
3281 ** back starting from the journal header immediately following
3282 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
3284 ** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
3285 ** with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
3286 ** the journal file.
3288 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
3289 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
3290 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
3291 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
3293 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
3294 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
3296 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
3297 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
3298 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
3299 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
3301 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
3302 i64 szJ; /* Effective size of the main journal */
3303 i64 iHdrOff; /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
3304 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
3305 Bitvec *pDone = 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
3307 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
3308 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
3310 /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
3311 if( pSavepoint ){
3312 pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
3313 if( !pDone ){
3314 return SQLITE_NOMEM;
3318 /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
3319 ** being reverted was opened.
3321 pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
3322 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
3324 if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3325 return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
3328 /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
3329 ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in
3330 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. But anything
3331 ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
3333 szJ = pPager->journalOff;
3334 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
3336 /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
3337 ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
3338 ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
3339 ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
3340 ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they
3341 ** are played back.
3343 if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3344 iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
3345 pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
3346 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
3347 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3349 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3350 }else{
3351 pPager->journalOff = 0;
3354 /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
3355 ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
3356 ** of the main journal file. Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
3357 ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
3359 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
3360 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */
3361 u32 nJRec = 0; /* Number of Journal Records */
3362 u32 dummy;
3363 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
3364 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3367 ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
3368 ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the
3369 ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
3371 if( nJRec==0
3372 && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
3374 nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
3376 for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
3377 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3379 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3381 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
3383 /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were
3384 ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
3385 ** will be skipped. Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
3387 if( pSavepoint ){
3388 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */
3389 i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
3391 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3392 rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
3394 for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
3395 assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
3396 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
3398 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3401 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
3402 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3403 pPager->journalOff = szJ;
3406 return rc;
3410 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3411 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages.
3413 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3414 sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3418 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3419 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal.
3421 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3422 return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3426 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
3428 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
3429 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3430 sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
3431 if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
3432 sqlite3_int64 sz;
3433 sz = pPager->szMmap;
3434 pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0);
3435 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
3437 #endif
3441 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
3443 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
3444 pPager->szMmap = szMmap;
3445 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3449 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
3451 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
3452 sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
3456 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
3458 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
3459 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
3460 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
3461 ** There are three levels:
3463 ** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default
3464 ** for temporary and transient files.
3466 ** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
3467 ** database. This is normally adequate protection, but
3468 ** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
3469 ** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
3470 ** in a state which would cause damage to the database
3471 ** when it is rolled back.
3473 ** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
3474 ** database (with some additional information - the nRec field
3475 ** of the journal header - being written in between the two
3476 ** syncs). If we assume that writing a
3477 ** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
3478 ** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
3479 ** point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
3481 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode. For WAL mode, OFF continues
3482 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur. NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
3483 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
3484 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
3485 ** was written back into the database. But no sync operations occur for
3486 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL. FULL means that the WAL
3487 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
3488 ** syncs associated with NORMAL.
3490 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL. The
3491 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
3492 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC). SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
3493 ** ordinary fsync() call. There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
3494 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX. But the
3495 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
3496 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
3498 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
3499 ** and FULL=3.
3501 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
3502 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
3503 Pager *pPager, /* The pager to set safety level for */
3504 unsigned pgFlags /* Various flags */
3506 unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
3507 if( pPager->tempFile ){
3508 pPager->noSync = 1;
3509 pPager->fullSync = 0;
3510 pPager->extraSync = 0;
3511 }else{
3512 pPager->noSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0;
3513 pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0;
3514 pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0;
3516 if( pPager->noSync ){
3517 pPager->syncFlags = 0;
3518 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0;
3519 }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){
3520 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3521 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3522 }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ){
3523 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3524 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3525 }else{
3526 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3527 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3529 pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags;
3530 if( pPager->fullSync ){
3531 pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
3533 if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){
3534 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3535 }else{
3536 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3539 #endif
3542 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
3543 ** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for
3544 ** testing and analysis only.
3546 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3547 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
3548 #endif
3551 ** Open a temporary file.
3553 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
3554 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
3555 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
3557 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
3558 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
3560 ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
3561 ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
3562 ** SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
3563 ** SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
3565 static int pagerOpentemp(
3566 Pager *pPager, /* The pager object */
3567 sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Write the file descriptor here */
3568 int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
3570 int rc; /* Return code */
3572 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3573 sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */
3574 #endif
3576 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
3577 SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
3578 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
3579 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
3580 return rc;
3584 ** Set the busy handler function.
3586 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
3587 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
3588 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
3589 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
3590 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
3591 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
3593 ** Transition | Invokes xBusyHandler
3594 ** --------------------------------------------------------
3595 ** NO_LOCK -> SHARED_LOCK | Yes
3596 ** SHARED_LOCK -> RESERVED_LOCK | No
3597 ** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No
3598 ** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes
3600 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
3601 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
3602 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
3604 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(
3605 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
3606 int (*xBusyHandler)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
3607 void *pBusyHandlerArg /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
3609 pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
3610 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
3612 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3613 void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
3614 assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
3615 assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
3616 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
3621 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
3622 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
3624 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
3625 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
3626 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
3628 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
3630 ** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
3631 ** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
3633 ** * there are no outstanding page references, and
3635 ** * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
3636 ** an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
3638 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
3640 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
3641 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
3642 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
3643 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3645 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
3646 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
3647 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
3648 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
3650 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
3651 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3653 /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
3654 ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
3655 ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
3657 ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
3658 ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
3659 ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
3660 ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
3663 u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
3664 assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
3665 if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
3666 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
3667 && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
3669 char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */
3670 i64 nByte = 0;
3672 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3673 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
3675 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3676 pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
3677 if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
3680 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3681 pager_reset(pPager);
3682 rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
3684 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3685 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
3686 pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
3687 pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
3688 pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
3689 }else{
3690 sqlite3PageFree(pNew);
3694 *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
3695 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3696 if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
3697 assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
3698 pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
3699 pagerReportSize(pPager);
3700 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3702 return rc;
3706 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
3707 ** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
3708 ** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally
3709 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
3710 ** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
3711 ** no rollbacks are happening.
3713 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
3714 return pPager->pTmpSpace;
3718 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
3719 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the
3720 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
3722 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
3724 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3725 if( mxPage>0 ){
3726 pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
3728 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
3729 assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */
3730 return pPager->mxPgno;
3734 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
3735 ** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated
3736 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
3738 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
3739 ** and generate no code.
3741 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3742 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3743 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
3744 static int saved_cnt;
3745 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3746 saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3747 sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
3749 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3750 sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
3752 #else
3753 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
3754 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
3755 #endif
3758 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
3759 ** that pDest points to.
3761 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
3762 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
3763 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
3764 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
3765 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
3767 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
3768 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
3769 ** output buffer undefined.
3771 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
3772 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3773 memset(pDest, 0, N);
3774 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3776 /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
3777 ** the Pager object. There has not been an opportunity to transition
3778 ** to WAL mode yet.
3780 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3782 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3783 IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
3784 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
3785 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3786 rc = SQLITE_OK;
3789 return rc;
3793 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
3794 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
3796 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
3797 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
3799 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
3800 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
3801 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
3802 *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
3807 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
3808 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
3809 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
3811 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
3812 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
3813 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
3814 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
3816 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
3817 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
3818 ** variable to locktype before returning.
3820 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
3821 int rc; /* Return code */
3823 /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
3824 ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
3825 ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
3826 ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
3828 assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
3829 || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
3830 || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
3833 do {
3834 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
3835 }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
3836 return rc;
3840 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
3841 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
3843 ** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
3844 ** current database image, in pages, OR
3846 ** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
3847 ** be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
3848 ** (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
3850 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
3851 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
3852 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
3853 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
3854 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
3855 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
3856 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
3857 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
3858 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
3859 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
3861 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
3862 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
3863 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
3864 assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
3866 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
3867 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
3869 #else
3870 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
3871 #endif
3874 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
3875 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
3876 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
3877 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
3879 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
3880 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
3881 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
3882 ** then continue writing to the database.
3884 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
3885 assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
3886 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
3887 pPager->dbSize = nPage;
3889 /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
3890 ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
3891 ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
3892 ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
3893 ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
3894 ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
3895 ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
3896 ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
3897 ** is no longer correct. */
3902 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
3903 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
3904 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
3905 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
3907 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
3908 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
3909 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
3910 ** content as this process.
3912 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
3913 ** an SQLite error code.
3915 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
3916 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3917 if( !pPager->noSync ){
3918 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
3920 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3921 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
3923 return rc;
3927 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
3928 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
3929 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
3930 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
3931 ** *ppPage to zero.
3933 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
3934 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
3936 static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
3937 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
3938 Pgno pgno, /* Page number */
3939 void *pData, /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
3940 PgHdr **ppPage /* OUT: Acquired page object */
3942 PgHdr *p; /* Memory mapped page to return */
3944 if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
3945 *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
3946 pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
3947 p->pDirty = 0;
3948 memset(p->pExtra, 0, pPager->nExtra);
3949 }else{
3950 *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra);
3951 if( p==0 ){
3952 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData);
3953 return SQLITE_NOMEM;
3955 p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1];
3956 p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP;
3957 p->nRef = 1;
3958 p->pPager = pPager;
3961 assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] );
3962 assert( p->pPage==0 );
3963 assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP );
3964 assert( p->pPager==pPager );
3965 assert( p->nRef==1 );
3967 p->pgno = pgno;
3968 p->pData = pData;
3969 pPager->nMmapOut++;
3971 return SQLITE_OK;
3975 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
3976 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
3978 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
3979 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
3980 pPager->nMmapOut--;
3981 pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
3982 pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg;
3984 assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 );
3985 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData);
3989 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
3991 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){
3992 PgHdr *p;
3993 PgHdr *pNext;
3994 for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
3995 pNext = p->pDirty;
3996 sqlite3_free(p);
4002 ** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files.
4004 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
4005 ** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated
4006 ** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated
4007 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
4008 ** result in a coredump.
4010 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
4011 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
4012 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
4013 ** to the caller.
4015 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){
4016 u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;
4018 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4019 disable_simulated_io_errors();
4020 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4021 pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
4022 /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
4023 pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
4024 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4025 sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp);
4026 pPager->pWal = 0;
4027 #endif
4028 pager_reset(pPager);
4029 if( MEMDB ){
4030 pager_unlock(pPager);
4031 }else{
4032 /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
4033 ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
4034 ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
4035 ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
4037 ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
4038 ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
4039 ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
4040 ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
4041 ** rollback before accessing the database file.
4043 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
4044 pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
4046 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
4048 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4049 enable_simulated_io_errors();
4050 PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4051 IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
4052 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4053 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4054 sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
4055 sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
4057 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
4058 if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
4059 #endif
4061 assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
4062 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
4064 sqlite3_free(pPager);
4065 return SQLITE_OK;
4068 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
4070 ** Return the page number for page pPg.
4072 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
4073 return pPg->pgno;
4075 #endif
4078 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
4080 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
4081 sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
4085 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
4086 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
4087 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
4089 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
4090 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
4091 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
4093 ** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
4094 ** be taken.
4096 ** * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
4097 ** then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
4098 ** is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
4099 ** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
4100 ** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
4102 ** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
4103 ** journal file is synced.
4105 ** Or, in pseudo-code:
4107 ** if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
4108 ** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
4109 ** if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
4110 ** <update nRec field>
4111 ** }
4112 ** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
4113 ** }
4115 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
4116 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
4117 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
4119 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
4120 int rc; /* Return code */
4122 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4123 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
4125 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4126 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4128 rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
4129 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4131 if( !pPager->noSync ){
4132 assert( !pPager->tempFile );
4133 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
4134 const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4135 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
4137 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4138 /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
4139 ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
4140 ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
4141 ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
4142 ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
4143 ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
4144 ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
4145 ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
4146 ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
4147 ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
4148 ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
4149 ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
4151 ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
4152 ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
4153 ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
4155 ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
4156 ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
4157 ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
4158 ** the potential journal header.
4160 i64 iNextHdrOffset;
4161 u8 aMagic[8];
4162 u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
4164 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
4165 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
4167 iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
4168 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
4169 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
4170 static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
4171 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
4173 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4174 return rc;
4177 /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
4178 ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
4179 ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
4180 ** it as a candidate for rollback.
4182 ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
4183 ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
4184 ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
4185 ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
4186 ** and never needs to be updated.
4188 if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4189 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4190 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4191 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
4192 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4194 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
4195 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
4196 pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
4198 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4200 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4201 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4202 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4203 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
4204 (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
4206 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4209 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4210 if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4211 pPager->nRec = 0;
4212 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
4213 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4215 }else{
4216 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4220 /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
4221 ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
4222 ** all pages.
4224 sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
4225 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
4226 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4227 return SQLITE_OK;
4231 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
4232 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
4233 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
4234 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
4235 ** a no-op.
4237 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
4238 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
4239 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
4240 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
4242 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
4243 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
4244 ** written out.
4246 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
4247 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
4248 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
4250 ** * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
4251 ** * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
4253 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
4254 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
4255 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
4256 ** the database file.
4258 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4259 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
4260 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
4262 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
4263 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
4265 /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
4266 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4267 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
4268 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
4270 /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
4271 ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
4272 ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
4274 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
4275 assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
4276 rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
4279 /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
4280 ** file size will be.
4282 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4283 if( rc==SQLITE_OK
4284 && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
4285 && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
4287 sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
4288 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
4289 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
4292 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4293 Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
4295 /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
4296 ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
4297 ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
4298 ** any such pages to the file.
4300 ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
4301 ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
4303 if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
4304 i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */
4305 char *pData; /* Data to write */
4307 assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4308 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
4310 /* Encode the database */
4311 CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData);
4313 /* Write out the page data. */
4314 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
4316 /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
4317 ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
4318 ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
4320 if( pgno==1 ){
4321 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
4323 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
4324 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
4326 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
4328 /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
4329 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
4331 PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
4332 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
4333 IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
4334 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
4335 }else{
4336 PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
4338 pager_set_pagehash(pList);
4339 pList = pList->pDirty;
4342 return rc;
4346 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
4347 ** function is a no-op.
4349 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
4350 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
4351 ** fails.
4353 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
4354 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4355 if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
4356 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
4357 sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd);
4358 }else{
4359 rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL);
4362 return rc;
4366 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
4368 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
4369 ** for all open savepoints before returning.
4371 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
4372 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
4373 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
4374 ** bitvec.
4376 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4377 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4378 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4379 if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
4381 /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
4382 assert( pPager->useJournal );
4383 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4384 assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
4385 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
4386 || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg)
4387 || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
4389 rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
4391 /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
4392 ** write the journal record into the file. */
4393 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4394 void *pData = pPg->pData;
4395 i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
4396 char *pData2;
4398 CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
4399 PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4400 rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
4401 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4402 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
4406 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4407 pPager->nSubRec++;
4408 assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
4409 rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
4411 return rc;
4413 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){
4414 if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
4415 return subjournalPage(pPg);
4416 }else{
4417 return SQLITE_OK;
4422 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
4423 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
4424 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
4425 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
4426 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
4427 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
4428 ** argument.
4430 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
4431 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
4432 ** journal file.
4434 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
4435 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
4436 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
4437 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
4438 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
4440 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
4441 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
4442 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4444 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
4445 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
4447 /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
4448 ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed. This occurs
4449 ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
4450 ** pages belonging to the same sector.
4452 ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
4453 ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required. This is set during
4454 ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
4456 ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
4457 ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementation it
4458 ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
4459 ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
4460 ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
4461 ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
4463 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
4464 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
4465 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF );
4466 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC );
4467 if( pPager->doNotSpill
4468 && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0
4469 || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0)
4471 return SQLITE_OK;
4474 pPg->pDirty = 0;
4475 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
4476 /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
4477 rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
4478 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4479 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
4481 }else{
4483 /* Sync the journal file if required. */
4484 if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
4485 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4487 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
4490 /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
4491 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4492 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4493 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
4497 /* Mark the page as clean. */
4498 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4499 PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4500 sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
4503 return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4507 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk.
4509 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){
4510 int rc = pPager->errCode;
4511 if( !MEMDB ){
4512 PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
4513 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4514 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4515 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
4516 if( pList->nRef==0 ){
4517 rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList);
4519 pList = pNext;
4523 return rc;
4527 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
4528 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
4529 ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
4531 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
4532 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
4533 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
4534 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
4535 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
4536 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
4538 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
4539 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
4540 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.
4542 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
4543 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
4544 ** of the PAGER_* flags.
4546 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
4547 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
4549 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
4550 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
4551 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
4552 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
4553 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
4554 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
4556 int sqlite3PagerOpen(
4557 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system to use */
4558 Pager **ppPager, /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
4559 const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */
4560 int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
4561 int flags, /* flags controlling this file */
4562 int vfsFlags, /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
4563 void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
4565 u8 *pPtr;
4566 Pager *pPager = 0; /* Pager object to allocate and return */
4567 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
4568 int tempFile = 0; /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
4569 int memDb = 0; /* True if this is an in-memory file */
4570 int readOnly = 0; /* True if this is a read-only file */
4571 int journalFileSize; /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
4572 char *zPathname = 0; /* Full path to database file */
4573 int nPathname = 0; /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
4574 int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
4575 int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
4576 u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */
4577 const char *zUri = 0; /* URI args to copy */
4578 int nUri = 0; /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
4580 /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
4581 ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). This
4582 ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle
4583 ** and a regular journal file-handle. Note that a "regular journal-handle"
4584 ** may be a wrapper capable of caching the first portion of the journal
4585 ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see
4586 ** source file journal.c).
4588 if( sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)>sqlite3MemJournalSize() ){
4589 journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
4590 }else{
4591 journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3MemJournalSize());
4594 /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
4595 *ppPager = 0;
4597 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
4598 if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
4599 memDb = 1;
4600 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4601 zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
4602 if( zPathname==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
4603 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4604 zFilename = 0;
4607 #endif
4609 /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
4610 ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
4611 ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
4613 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4614 const char *z;
4615 nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
4616 zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2);
4617 if( zPathname==0 ){
4618 return SQLITE_NOMEM;
4620 zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
4621 rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
4622 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4623 z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
4624 while( *z ){
4625 z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4626 z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4628 nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri);
4629 assert( nUri>=0 );
4630 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
4631 /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
4632 ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
4633 ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
4634 ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
4635 ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
4637 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
4639 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4640 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4641 return rc;
4645 /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
4646 ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
4647 ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
4649 ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
4650 ** PCache object (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
4651 ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
4652 ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes)
4653 ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes)
4654 ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes)
4655 ** Journal file name (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
4657 pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
4658 ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) + /* Pager structure */
4659 ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */
4660 ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */
4661 journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */
4662 nPathname + 1 + nUri + /* zFilename */
4663 nPathname + 8 + 2 /* zJournal */
4664 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4665 + nPathname + 4 + 2 /* zWal */
4666 #endif
4668 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
4669 if( !pPtr ){
4670 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4671 return SQLITE_NOMEM;
4673 pPager = (Pager*)(pPtr);
4674 pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)));
4675 pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize));
4676 pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile));
4677 pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4678 pPager->zFilename = (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4679 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
4681 /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
4682 if( zPathname ){
4683 assert( nPathname>0 );
4684 pPager->zJournal = (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri);
4685 memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
4686 if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri);
4687 memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
4688 memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2);
4689 sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal);
4690 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4691 pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1];
4692 memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname);
4693 memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1);
4694 sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal);
4695 #endif
4696 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4698 pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
4699 pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
4701 /* Open the pager file.
4703 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4704 int fout = 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
4705 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
4706 assert( !memDb );
4707 readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4709 /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
4710 ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
4711 ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
4713 ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
4714 ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
4715 ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
4717 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4718 int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4719 if( !readOnly ){
4720 setSectorSize(pPager);
4721 assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
4722 if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
4723 if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
4724 szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
4725 }else{
4726 szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
4729 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
4731 int ii;
4732 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
4733 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
4734 assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
4735 for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
4736 if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
4737 szPageDflt = ii;
4741 #endif
4743 pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0);
4744 if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0
4745 || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){
4746 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
4747 goto act_like_temp_file;
4750 }else{
4751 /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
4752 ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
4753 ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
4755 ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
4756 ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
4757 ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
4759 ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
4761 act_like_temp_file:
4762 tempFile = 1;
4763 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; /* Pretend we already have a lock */
4764 pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */
4765 pPager->noLock = 1; /* Do no locking */
4766 readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4769 /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
4770 ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
4772 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4773 assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
4774 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
4775 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
4778 /* Initialize the PCache object. */
4779 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4780 assert( nExtra<1000 );
4781 nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
4782 rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
4783 !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
4786 /* If an error occurred above, free the Pager structure and close the file.
4788 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4789 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4790 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
4791 sqlite3_free(pPager);
4792 return rc;
4795 PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
4796 IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
4798 pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
4799 /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
4800 /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
4801 /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
4802 /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
4803 /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
4804 /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
4805 pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
4806 /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
4807 /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
4808 pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
4809 assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
4810 || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
4811 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
4812 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
4813 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
4814 pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
4815 pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
4816 assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
4817 pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
4818 if( pPager->noSync ){
4819 assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
4820 assert( pPager->extraSync==0 );
4821 assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
4822 assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
4823 assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 );
4824 }else{
4825 pPager->fullSync = 1;
4826 #if SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE
4827 pPager->extraSync = 1;
4828 #else
4829 pPager->extraSync = 0;
4830 #endif
4831 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4832 pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
4833 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4835 /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
4836 /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
4837 /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
4838 pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
4839 pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
4840 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
4841 setSectorSize(pPager);
4842 if( !useJournal ){
4843 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
4844 }else if( memDb ){
4845 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
4847 /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
4848 /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
4849 pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
4850 /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
4851 /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
4853 *ppPager = pPager;
4854 return SQLITE_OK;
4858 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
4859 ** under the pager. Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought
4860 ** to be on disk. Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
4861 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
4863 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){
4864 int bHasMoved = 0;
4865 int rc;
4867 if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
4868 if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
4869 assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] );
4870 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved);
4871 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
4872 /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
4873 ** has not been moved. That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
4874 ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
4875 rc = SQLITE_OK;
4876 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){
4877 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED;
4879 return rc;
4884 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
4885 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
4886 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
4887 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
4888 ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
4890 ** * The journal file exists in the file system, and
4891 ** * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
4892 ** * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
4893 ** * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
4895 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
4896 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
4897 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
4898 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
4899 ** is returned.
4901 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
4902 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
4903 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
4904 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
4905 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
4906 ** will not roll it back.
4908 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
4909 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
4910 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
4911 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
4912 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
4914 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
4915 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
4916 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
4917 int exists = 1; /* True if a journal file is present */
4918 int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
4920 assert( pPager->useJournal );
4921 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4922 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
4924 assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
4925 SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
4928 *pExists = 0;
4929 if( !jrnlOpen ){
4930 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
4932 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
4933 int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
4935 /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the
4936 ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
4937 ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
4938 ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that
4939 ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
4940 ** in fact there is none. This results in a false-positive which will
4941 ** be dealt with by the playback routine. Ticket #3883.
4943 rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
4944 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
4945 Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in database file */
4947 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
4948 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4949 /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
4950 ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
4951 ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
4952 ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
4953 ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted. However, take care
4954 ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
4955 ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
4957 if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){
4958 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4959 if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
4960 sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
4961 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
4963 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4964 }else{
4965 /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
4966 ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
4967 ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
4968 ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
4969 ** it can be ignored.
4971 if( !jrnlOpen ){
4972 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
4973 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
4975 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4976 u8 first = 0;
4977 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
4978 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4979 rc = SQLITE_OK;
4981 if( !jrnlOpen ){
4982 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4984 *pExists = (first!=0);
4985 }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
4986 /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
4987 ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
4988 ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
4989 ** ticket #3883. Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
4990 ** This might be a false positive. But if it is, then the
4991 ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
4992 ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
4993 ** worry so much with race conditions.
4995 *pExists = 1;
4996 rc = SQLITE_OK;
5003 return rc;
5007 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
5008 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function
5009 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
5010 ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
5012 ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
5014 ** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
5015 ** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
5016 ** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
5017 ** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
5018 ** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
5019 ** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
5020 ** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
5021 ** discarded if they are found to be invalid.
5023 ** 2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
5024 ** no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
5025 ** then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
5026 ** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
5027 ** file.
5029 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
5030 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
5031 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
5033 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
5034 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
5036 /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
5037 ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
5038 ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
5039 ** exclusive access mode.
5041 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
5042 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5043 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5044 if( NEVER(MEMDB && pPager->errCode) ){ return pPager->errCode; }
5046 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
5047 int bHotJournal = 1; /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
5049 assert( !MEMDB );
5051 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5052 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5053 assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
5054 goto failed;
5057 /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
5058 ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
5060 if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
5061 rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
5063 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5064 goto failed;
5066 if( bHotJournal ){
5067 if( pPager->readOnly ){
5068 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK;
5069 goto failed;
5072 /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
5073 ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
5074 ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
5075 ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
5076 ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
5077 ** hot-journal back.
5079 ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
5080 ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
5081 ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
5082 ** on the database file.
5084 ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
5085 ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
5087 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5088 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5089 goto failed;
5092 /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
5093 ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
5094 ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
5095 ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
5096 ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
5097 ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
5099 ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
5100 ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
5101 ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
5102 ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
5103 ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
5105 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5106 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5107 int bExists; /* True if journal file exists */
5108 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
5109 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
5110 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
5111 int fout = 0;
5112 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5113 assert( !pPager->tempFile );
5114 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
5115 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5116 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
5117 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
5118 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5123 /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write
5124 ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
5125 ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
5126 ** an inconsistent cache. Sync the hot journal before playing
5127 ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
5128 ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
5129 ** the journal before playing it back.
5131 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5132 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5133 rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
5134 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5135 rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1);
5136 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
5138 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
5139 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5142 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5143 /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
5144 ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5145 ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
5146 ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
5147 ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
5148 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
5150 ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
5151 ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
5152 ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
5153 ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
5154 ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
5155 ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
5156 ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
5157 ** references.
5159 pager_error(pPager, rc);
5160 goto failed;
5163 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5164 assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
5165 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
5169 if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){
5170 /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to
5171 ** see if the database has been modified. If the database has changed,
5172 ** flush the cache. The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from
5173 ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a
5174 ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up.
5176 ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
5177 ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
5178 ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The
5179 ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
5180 ** a codec is in use.
5182 ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
5183 ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that
5184 ** it can be neglected.
5186 Pgno nPage = 0;
5187 char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
5189 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
5190 if( rc ) goto failed;
5192 if( nPage>0 ){
5193 IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
5194 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
5195 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5196 goto failed;
5198 }else{
5199 memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
5202 if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
5203 pager_reset(pPager);
5205 /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
5206 ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
5207 ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
5208 ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
5209 ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
5210 ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
5211 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
5212 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
5217 /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
5218 ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
5220 rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
5221 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
5222 assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
5223 #endif
5226 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5227 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5228 rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
5231 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5232 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
5235 failed:
5236 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5237 assert( !MEMDB );
5238 pager_unlock(pPager);
5239 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5240 }else{
5241 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
5242 pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1;
5244 return rc;
5248 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
5249 ** transaction and unlock the pager.
5251 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
5252 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
5253 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
5255 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
5256 if( pPager->nMmapOut==0 && (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){
5257 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
5262 ** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page
5263 ** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is
5264 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
5266 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
5267 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
5268 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
5269 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
5270 ** object with no outstanding references.
5272 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
5273 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
5274 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
5275 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
5277 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a
5278 ** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the
5279 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
5280 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
5281 ** page is initialized to all zeros.
5283 ** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents
5284 ** of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
5286 ** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
5288 ** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
5289 ** a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
5290 ** from the savepoint journal.
5292 ** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of
5293 ** being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
5294 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
5295 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
5296 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
5297 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
5298 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
5300 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases,
5301 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
5303 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
5304 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already
5305 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
5306 ** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
5307 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
5308 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
5309 ** or journal files.
5311 int sqlite3PagerGet(
5312 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */
5313 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */
5314 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5315 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5317 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5318 PgHdr *pPg = 0;
5319 u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame to read from WAL file */
5320 const int noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT);
5322 /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
5323 ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
5324 ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
5325 ** temporary or in-memory database. */
5326 const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1 && USEFETCH(pPager)
5327 && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY))
5328 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
5329 && pPager->xCodec==0
5330 #endif
5333 /* Optimization note: Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here
5334 ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1"
5335 ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the
5336 ** common case where pgno is large. */
5337 if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){
5338 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5340 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5341 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5342 assert( noContent==0 || bMmapOk==0 );
5344 assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5346 /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately.
5347 ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */
5348 if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){
5349 rc = pPager->errCode;
5350 }else{
5351 if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5352 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5353 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5356 if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
5357 void *pData = 0;
5359 rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd,
5360 (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
5363 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
5364 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER ){
5365 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
5367 if( pPg==0 ){
5368 rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
5369 }else{
5370 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
5372 if( pPg ){
5373 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5374 *ppPage = pPg;
5375 return SQLITE_OK;
5378 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5379 goto pager_acquire_err;
5384 sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase;
5385 pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3);
5386 if( pBase==0 ){
5387 rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase);
5388 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5389 if( pBase==0 ){
5390 pPg = *ppPage = 0;
5391 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
5392 goto pager_acquire_err;
5395 pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase);
5396 assert( pPg!=0 );
5400 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5401 /* Either the call to sqlite3PcacheFetch() returned an error or the
5402 ** pager was already in the error-state when this function was called.
5403 ** Set pPg to 0 and jump to the exception handler. */
5404 pPg = 0;
5405 goto pager_acquire_err;
5407 assert( pPg==(*ppPage) );
5408 assert( pPg->pgno==pgno );
5409 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 );
5411 if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){
5412 /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
5413 ** the page. Return without further ado. */
5414 assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5415 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
5416 return SQLITE_OK;
5418 }else{
5419 /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
5420 ** be initialized. */
5422 pPg->pPager = pPager;
5424 /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page
5425 ** number greater than this, or the unused locking-page, is requested. */
5426 if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5427 rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5428 goto pager_acquire_err;
5431 if( MEMDB || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent || !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
5432 if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
5433 rc = SQLITE_FULL;
5434 goto pager_acquire_err;
5436 if( noContent ){
5437 /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
5438 ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
5439 ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure
5440 ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
5441 ** a bit in a bit vector.
5443 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5444 if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5445 TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
5446 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5448 TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
5449 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5450 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5452 memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
5453 IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
5454 }else{
5455 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && bMmapOk==0 ){
5456 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5457 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5459 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
5460 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
5461 rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
5462 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5463 goto pager_acquire_err;
5466 pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5469 return SQLITE_OK;
5471 pager_acquire_err:
5472 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
5473 if( pPg ){
5474 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
5476 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5478 *ppPage = 0;
5479 return rc;
5483 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do
5484 ** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page,
5485 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
5487 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine
5488 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
5489 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine
5490 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
5491 ** has ever happened.
5493 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
5494 sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;
5495 assert( pPager!=0 );
5496 assert( pgno!=0 );
5497 assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
5498 pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0);
5499 assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock );
5500 if( pPage==0 ) return 0;
5501 return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage);
5505 ** Release a page reference.
5507 ** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
5508 ** page is added to the LRU list. When all references to all pages
5509 ** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is
5510 ** removed.
5512 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){
5513 Pager *pPager;
5514 assert( pPg!=0 );
5515 pPager = pPg->pPager;
5516 if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){
5517 pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg);
5518 }else{
5519 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5521 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5523 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
5524 if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
5528 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
5529 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
5530 ** file when this routine is called.
5532 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
5533 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
5534 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
5535 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
5536 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
5538 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
5539 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
5540 ** already open file.
5542 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
5543 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
5545 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
5546 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
5547 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
5549 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
5550 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
5551 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
5553 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5554 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5555 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5557 /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on
5558 ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
5559 ** an error state. */
5560 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
5562 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
5563 pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
5564 if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
5565 return SQLITE_NOMEM;
5568 /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
5569 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5570 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
5571 sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
5572 }else{
5573 const int flags = /* VFS flags to open journal file */
5574 SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
5575 (pPager->tempFile ?
5576 (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL):
5577 (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL)
5580 /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
5581 ** it was originally opened. */
5582 rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager);
5583 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5584 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
5585 rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(
5586 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
5588 #else
5589 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0);
5590 #endif
5593 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5597 /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
5598 ** the sub-journal if necessary.
5600 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5601 /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
5602 pPager->nRec = 0;
5603 pPager->journalOff = 0;
5604 pPager->setMaster = 0;
5605 pPager->journalHdr = 0;
5606 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
5610 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5611 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
5612 pPager->pInJournal = 0;
5613 }else{
5614 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5615 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
5618 return rc;
5622 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
5623 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
5625 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
5626 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
5627 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
5628 ** functions need be called.
5630 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
5631 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
5632 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
5633 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
5634 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
5635 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
5636 ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
5638 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
5639 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5641 if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
5642 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
5643 pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
5645 if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
5646 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5648 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5649 /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
5650 ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
5652 if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
5653 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5654 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5655 return rc;
5657 (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
5660 /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
5661 ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
5662 ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
5663 ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
5665 rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
5666 }else{
5667 /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
5668 ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5669 ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
5670 ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
5672 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
5673 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
5674 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5678 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5679 /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
5681 ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
5682 ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
5683 ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
5684 ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
5685 ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
5686 ** WAL mode.
5688 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
5689 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
5690 pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
5691 pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
5692 pPager->journalOff = 0;
5695 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5696 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5697 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5700 PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
5701 return rc;
5705 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal.
5707 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
5708 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5709 int rc;
5710 u32 cksum;
5711 char *pData2;
5712 i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
5714 /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
5715 ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies
5716 ** that we do not. */
5717 assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5719 assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
5720 CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
5721 cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
5723 /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
5724 ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
5725 ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
5726 ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
5727 ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
5728 ** then corruption may follow.
5730 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5732 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
5733 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5734 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
5735 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5736 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
5737 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5739 IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
5740 pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
5741 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
5742 PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
5743 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5744 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
5746 pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
5747 pPager->nRec++;
5748 assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
5749 rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
5750 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5751 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5752 rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
5753 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5754 return rc;
5758 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
5759 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
5760 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
5761 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
5762 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
5764 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
5765 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5766 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5768 /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
5769 ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
5770 ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
5772 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5773 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5774 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5776 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5777 assert( pPager->errCode==0 );
5778 assert( pPager->readOnly==0 );
5779 CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
5781 /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
5782 ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
5783 ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
5785 ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
5786 ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
5787 ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
5788 ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
5790 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
5791 rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
5792 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5794 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
5795 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5797 /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */
5798 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
5800 /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about
5801 ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off
5802 ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC.
5804 assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5805 if( pPager->pInJournal!=0
5806 && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0
5808 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
5809 if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5810 rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg);
5811 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5812 return rc;
5814 }else{
5815 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
5816 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5818 PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
5819 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5820 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
5824 /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list
5825 ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal. Wait until now,
5826 ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the
5827 ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified.
5829 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
5831 /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
5832 ** then write the page into the statement journal.
5834 if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){
5835 rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
5838 /* Update the database size and return. */
5839 if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
5840 pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
5842 return rc;
5846 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
5847 ** is larger than the page size. SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
5848 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware. Hence, all bytes of
5849 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
5850 ** a write.
5852 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
5853 ** case pages can be individually written. This routine only runs in the
5854 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
5856 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){
5857 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
5858 Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */
5859 Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
5860 int nPage = 0; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
5861 int ii; /* Loop counter */
5862 int needSync = 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
5863 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */
5864 Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
5866 /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
5867 ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
5868 ** this function.
5870 assert( !MEMDB );
5871 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
5872 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
5874 /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
5875 ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
5876 ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
5878 pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
5880 nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
5881 if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
5882 nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
5883 }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
5884 nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
5885 }else{
5886 nPage = nPagePerSector;
5888 assert(nPage>0);
5889 assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
5890 assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
5892 for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
5893 Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
5894 PgHdr *pPage;
5895 if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
5896 if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5897 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0);
5898 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5899 rc = pager_write(pPage);
5900 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
5901 needSync = 1;
5903 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
5906 }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
5907 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
5908 needSync = 1;
5910 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
5914 /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
5915 ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
5916 ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
5917 ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
5918 ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
5920 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
5921 assert( !MEMDB );
5922 for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
5923 PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
5924 if( pPage ){
5925 pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5926 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
5931 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
5932 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
5933 return rc;
5937 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
5938 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
5939 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
5940 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
5942 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
5943 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
5944 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
5945 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
5947 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
5948 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
5950 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
5951 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5952 assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
5953 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5954 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5955 if( pPager->errCode ){
5956 return pPager->errCode;
5957 }else if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){
5958 if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
5959 return SQLITE_OK;
5960 }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){
5961 return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg);
5962 }else{
5963 return pager_write(pPg);
5968 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
5969 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
5970 ** to change the content of the page.
5972 #ifndef NDEBUG
5973 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
5974 return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
5976 #endif
5979 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
5980 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
5981 ** that page might be marked as dirty. This happens, for example, when
5982 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
5983 ** content no longer matters.
5985 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
5986 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
5987 ** that it does not get written to disk.
5989 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
5990 ** DELETE operations.
5992 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
5993 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5994 if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
5995 PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
5996 IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
5997 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
5998 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
5999 pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
6004 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
6005 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
6006 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at
6007 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
6009 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
6010 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
6011 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
6012 ** unconditional update of the change counters.
6014 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
6015 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
6016 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
6017 ** transaction is committed.
6019 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
6020 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
6021 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
6022 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
6023 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
6025 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
6026 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6028 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6029 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6031 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6033 /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
6034 ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
6035 ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
6036 ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
6038 ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
6039 ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
6040 ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
6041 ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
6043 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6044 # define DIRECT_MODE 0
6045 assert( isDirectMode==0 );
6046 UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
6047 #else
6048 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
6049 #endif
6051 if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
6052 PgHdr *pPgHdr; /* Reference to page 1 */
6054 assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
6056 /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
6057 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0);
6058 assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
6060 /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
6061 ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in
6062 ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
6063 ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
6065 if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
6066 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
6069 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6070 /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
6071 pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
6073 /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
6074 if( DIRECT_MODE ){
6075 const void *zBuf;
6076 assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
6077 CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, zBuf);
6078 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6079 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
6080 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
6082 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6083 /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
6084 ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
6085 ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match). */
6086 const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24];
6087 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
6088 pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6090 }else{
6091 pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6095 /* Release the page reference. */
6096 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
6098 return rc;
6102 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
6103 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
6105 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
6106 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
6108 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
6109 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6111 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
6112 void *pArg = (void*)zMaster;
6113 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
6114 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6116 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
6117 assert( !MEMDB );
6118 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
6120 return rc;
6124 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
6125 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
6126 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
6127 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
6129 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
6130 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6131 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
6132 ** returned.
6134 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
6135 int rc = pPager->errCode;
6136 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6137 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6138 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6139 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6140 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6142 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6143 if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6144 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
6147 return rc;
6151 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
6152 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
6153 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
6154 ** journal (a single database transaction).
6156 ** This routine ensures that:
6158 ** * The database file change-counter is updated,
6159 ** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
6160 ** * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
6161 ** * the database file is truncated (if required), and
6162 ** * the database file synced.
6164 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
6165 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
6166 ** delete the master journal file if specified).
6168 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
6169 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
6171 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
6172 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
6173 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
6174 ** journal file in this case.
6176 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
6177 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
6178 const char *zMaster, /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
6179 int noSync /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
6181 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
6183 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6184 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6185 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6186 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
6188 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6190 /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
6191 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6193 PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n",
6194 pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
6196 /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
6197 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
6199 if( MEMDB ){
6200 /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
6201 ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op. However, any
6202 ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.
6204 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
6205 }else{
6206 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6207 PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6208 PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
6209 if( pList==0 ){
6210 /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
6211 ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
6212 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0);
6213 pList = pPageOne;
6214 pList->pDirty = 0;
6216 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6217 if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
6218 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
6220 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
6221 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6222 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6224 }else{
6225 /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
6226 ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
6227 ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
6228 ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
6230 ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
6231 ** blocks of size page-size, and
6232 ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
6233 ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
6235 ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
6236 ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
6237 ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
6238 ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
6239 ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
6240 ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
6241 ** mode.
6243 ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
6244 ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
6245 ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
6246 ** created for this transaction.
6248 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6249 PgHdr *pPg;
6250 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6251 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6252 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6254 if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6255 && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
6256 && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
6257 && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
6259 /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
6260 ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
6261 ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
6262 ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
6263 ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
6265 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
6266 }else{
6267 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6268 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6269 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6272 #else
6273 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6274 #endif
6275 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6277 /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master
6278 ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
6279 ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
6281 rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
6282 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6284 /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
6285 ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
6286 ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
6288 ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
6289 ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
6290 ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
6291 ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
6292 ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
6293 ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
6295 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
6296 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6298 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));
6299 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6300 assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
6301 goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6303 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6305 /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
6306 ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
6307 ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
6308 ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
6309 ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
6310 ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case. */
6311 if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){
6312 Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
6313 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
6314 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
6315 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6318 /* Finally, sync the database file. */
6319 if( !noSync ){
6320 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster);
6322 IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
6326 commit_phase_one_exit:
6327 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6328 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
6330 return rc;
6335 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
6336 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
6337 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
6338 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
6339 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
6341 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
6342 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
6343 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
6344 ** irrevocably committed.
6346 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
6347 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6349 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
6350 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
6352 /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
6353 ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
6354 ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
6355 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6357 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6358 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
6359 || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
6361 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6363 /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
6364 ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
6365 ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
6367 ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
6368 ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
6369 ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
6370 ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
6371 ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
6372 ** to drop any locks either.
6374 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6375 && pPager->exclusiveMode
6376 && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6378 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
6379 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
6380 return SQLITE_OK;
6383 PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6384 pPager->iDataVersion++;
6385 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1);
6386 return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6390 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
6391 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
6392 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
6393 ** state if an error occurs.
6395 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
6396 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
6398 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
6400 ** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
6401 ** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
6402 ** was opened, and
6404 ** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
6405 ** rollback at any point in the future.
6407 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
6408 ** rollback is successful.
6410 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
6411 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
6412 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
6413 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
6415 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
6416 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
6417 PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6419 /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
6420 ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
6421 ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
6423 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6424 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
6425 if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
6427 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6428 int rc2;
6429 rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
6430 rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0);
6431 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
6432 }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6433 int eState = pPager->eState;
6434 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
6435 if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6436 /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
6437 ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
6438 ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
6440 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6441 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6442 return rc;
6444 }else{
6445 rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
6448 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
6449 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
6450 || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
6451 || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
6454 /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
6455 ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
6457 return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6461 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE
6462 ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
6464 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
6465 return pPager->readOnly;
6468 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
6470 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager.
6472 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
6473 return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6475 #endif
6478 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
6479 ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
6481 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
6482 int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
6483 + 5*sizeof(void*);
6484 return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
6485 + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
6486 + pPager->pageSize;
6490 ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
6492 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
6493 return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
6496 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
6498 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
6500 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
6501 static int a[11];
6502 a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6503 a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
6504 a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
6505 a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
6506 a[4] = pPager->eState;
6507 a[5] = pPager->errCode;
6508 a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
6509 a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
6510 a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
6511 a[9] = pPager->nRead;
6512 a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
6513 return a;
6515 #endif
6518 ** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or
6519 ** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
6520 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
6521 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
6522 ** returning.
6524 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
6526 assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
6527 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
6528 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
6531 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
6532 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
6533 assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 );
6535 *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT];
6536 if( reset ){
6537 pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0;
6542 ** Return true if this is an in-memory pager.
6544 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
6545 return MEMDB;
6549 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
6550 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
6551 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
6552 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
6554 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
6555 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
6556 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6558 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6559 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
6560 int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint; /* Current number of savepoints */
6561 int ii; /* Iterator variable */
6562 PagerSavepoint *aNew; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
6564 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6565 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6566 assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal );
6568 /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
6569 ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
6570 ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
6572 aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
6573 pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
6575 if( !aNew ){
6576 return SQLITE_NOMEM;
6578 memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
6579 pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
6581 /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
6582 for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
6583 aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
6584 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
6585 aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
6586 }else{
6587 aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
6589 aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
6590 aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
6591 if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
6592 return SQLITE_NOMEM;
6594 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6595 sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
6597 pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
6599 assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
6600 assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
6601 return rc;
6603 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6604 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6605 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6607 if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){
6608 return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint);
6609 }else{
6610 return SQLITE_OK;
6616 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
6617 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
6618 ** created savepoint.
6620 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
6621 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
6622 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
6623 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
6625 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
6626 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
6627 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
6628 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
6629 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
6631 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
6632 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
6633 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
6634 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
6635 ** contents of the database to its original state.
6637 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
6638 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
6639 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
6641 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
6642 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
6643 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6645 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
6646 int rc = pPager->errCode; /* Return code */
6648 assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6649 assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6651 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
6652 int ii; /* Iterator variable */
6653 int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
6655 /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
6656 ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
6657 ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
6659 nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
6660 for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
6661 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
6663 pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
6665 /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
6666 ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
6667 if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
6668 if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
6669 /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
6670 if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
6671 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
6672 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6674 pPager->nSubRec = 0;
6677 /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
6678 ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
6679 ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
6680 ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
6682 else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
6683 PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
6684 rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
6685 assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
6689 return rc;
6693 ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
6695 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
6696 ** nullIfMemDb is true. This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
6697 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
6698 ** behavior. But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
6699 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
6700 ** participate in shared-cache.
6702 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
6703 return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename;
6707 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
6709 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
6710 return pPager->pVfs;
6714 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
6715 ** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has
6716 ** not yet been opened.
6718 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
6719 return pPager->fd;
6723 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists).
6724 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file.
6726 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){
6727 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
6728 return pPager->jfd;
6729 #else
6730 return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd;
6731 #endif
6735 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
6737 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
6738 return pPager->zJournal;
6742 ** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager. Return FALSE
6743 ** if fsync()s are executed normally.
6745 int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){
6746 return pPager->noSync;
6749 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
6751 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
6753 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
6754 Pager *pPager,
6755 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
6756 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
6757 void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
6758 void *pCodec
6760 if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
6761 pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
6762 pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
6763 pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
6764 pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
6765 pagerReportSize(pPager);
6767 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
6768 return pPager->pCodec;
6772 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
6773 ** into the log file.
6775 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
6776 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
6778 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
6779 void *aData = 0;
6780 CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
6781 return aData;
6785 ** Return the current pager state
6787 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){
6788 return pPager->eState;
6790 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
6792 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
6794 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
6796 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
6797 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
6798 ** in cache. If the page previously located at pgno is not already
6799 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
6801 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
6802 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
6803 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
6805 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
6806 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
6807 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
6808 ** transaction is active).
6810 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
6811 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
6812 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
6813 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
6815 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
6816 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
6818 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
6819 PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */
6820 Pgno needSyncPgno = 0; /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
6821 int rc; /* Return code */
6822 Pgno origPgno; /* The original page number */
6824 assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
6825 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6826 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6828 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6830 /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
6831 ** the page we are moving from.
6833 if( MEMDB ){
6834 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
6835 if( rc ) return rc;
6838 /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
6839 ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
6840 ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
6842 ** BEGIN;
6843 ** <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
6844 ** SAVEPOINT one;
6845 ** <Move page X to location Y>
6846 ** ROLLBACK TO one;
6848 ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
6849 ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
6850 ** statement were is processed.
6852 ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
6853 ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
6854 ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
6856 if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0
6857 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg))
6859 return rc;
6862 PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
6863 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
6864 IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
6866 /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
6867 ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
6869 ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
6870 ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
6871 ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
6873 if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
6874 needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
6875 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ||
6876 pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
6877 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
6880 /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
6881 ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
6882 ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
6883 ** for the page moved there.
6885 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6886 pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
6887 assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
6888 if( pPgOld ){
6889 pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
6890 if( MEMDB ){
6891 /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
6892 ** need to rollback later. Just move the page out of the way. */
6893 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
6894 }else{
6895 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
6899 origPgno = pPg->pgno;
6900 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
6901 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
6903 /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
6904 ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. Use pPgOld
6905 ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
6907 if( MEMDB ){
6908 assert( pPgOld );
6909 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
6910 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
6913 if( needSyncPgno ){
6914 /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
6915 ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
6916 ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
6917 ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
6918 ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
6919 ** flag.
6921 ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
6922 ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
6923 ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
6924 ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
6925 ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
6926 ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
6928 PgHdr *pPgHdr;
6929 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0);
6930 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6931 if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
6932 assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
6933 sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
6935 return rc;
6937 pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6938 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
6939 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr);
6942 return SQLITE_OK;
6944 #endif
6947 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page
6948 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's
6949 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to
6950 ** the value passed as the third parameter.
6952 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){
6953 assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew );
6954 pPg->flags = flags;
6955 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew);
6959 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
6961 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
6962 assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
6963 return pPg->pData;
6967 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
6968 ** allocated along with the specified page.
6970 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
6971 return pPg->pExtra;
6975 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
6976 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
6977 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
6978 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
6980 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
6981 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
6982 ** locking-mode.
6984 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
6985 assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
6986 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
6987 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
6988 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
6989 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
6990 assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
6991 if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
6992 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
6994 return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
6998 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
7000 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7001 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7002 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7003 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7004 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
7005 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7007 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
7008 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
7010 ** * An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
7011 ** or _MEMORY.
7013 ** * Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
7015 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
7017 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7018 u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode; /* Prior journalmode */
7020 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
7021 /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger
7022 ** only. We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */
7023 print_pager_state(pPager);
7024 #endif
7027 /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
7028 assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7029 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7030 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7031 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7032 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7033 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
7035 /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
7036 ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
7037 ** to WAL mode.
7039 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7041 /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
7042 ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
7044 if( MEMDB ){
7045 assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
7046 if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7047 eMode = eOld;
7051 if( eMode!=eOld ){
7053 /* Change the journal mode. */
7054 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
7055 pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
7057 /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
7058 ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
7059 ** delete the journal file.
7061 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
7062 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
7063 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
7064 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
7065 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
7066 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
7068 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
7069 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
7071 /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
7072 ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
7073 ** here is an optimization only.
7075 ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
7076 ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
7077 ** while it is in use by some other client.
7079 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7080 if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
7081 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7082 }else{
7083 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7084 int state = pPager->eState;
7085 assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
7086 if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7087 rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
7089 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
7090 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
7091 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
7093 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7094 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7096 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
7097 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7098 }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7099 pager_unlock(pPager);
7101 assert( state==pPager->eState );
7103 }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7104 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7108 /* Return the new journal mode */
7109 return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7113 ** Return the current journal mode.
7115 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7116 return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7120 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
7121 ** journalmode. Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
7122 ** is unmodified.
7124 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7125 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7126 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
7127 if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
7128 return 1;
7132 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
7134 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
7135 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
7137 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
7138 if( iLimit>=-1 ){
7139 pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
7140 sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
7142 return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
7146 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
7147 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
7148 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
7149 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
7151 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
7152 return &pPager->pBackup;
7155 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
7157 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
7159 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
7160 if( !MEMDB && pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
7162 #endif
7164 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7166 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
7167 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
7168 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
7170 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
7172 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
7173 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7174 if( pPager->pWal ){
7175 rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, eMode,
7176 (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler),
7177 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
7178 pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
7179 pnLog, pnCkpt
7182 return rc;
7185 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
7186 return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
7190 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
7191 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
7193 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
7194 const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
7195 return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
7199 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
7200 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
7202 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
7203 int rc; /* Return code */
7205 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7206 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
7207 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7208 /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
7209 ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */
7210 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7213 return rc;
7217 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
7218 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
7219 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
7220 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
7222 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
7223 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7225 assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
7226 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7228 /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
7229 ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
7230 ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
7231 ** file, to make sure this is safe.
7233 if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
7234 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7237 /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
7238 ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
7240 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7241 rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
7242 pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
7243 pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
7246 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7248 return rc;
7253 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
7254 ** this function.
7256 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
7257 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
7258 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
7259 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
7260 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
7261 ** not modified in either case.
7263 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
7264 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
7265 ** without doing anything.
7267 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
7268 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
7269 int *pbOpen /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
7271 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
7273 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7274 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pbOpen );
7275 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
7276 assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
7277 assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
7279 if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
7280 if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
7282 /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
7283 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7285 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7286 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7287 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
7288 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
7290 }else{
7291 *pbOpen = 1;
7294 return rc;
7298 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
7299 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
7301 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
7302 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
7303 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
7304 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
7306 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager){
7307 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7309 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7311 /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
7312 ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
7313 ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
7315 if( !pPager->pWal ){
7316 int logexists = 0;
7317 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7318 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7319 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
7320 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
7323 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
7324 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7328 /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
7329 ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
7331 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
7332 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7333 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7334 rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags,
7335 pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
7336 pPager->pWal = 0;
7337 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7340 return rc;
7343 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
7345 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot
7346 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error.
7348 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){
7349 int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7350 if( pPager->pWal ){
7351 rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot);
7353 return rc;
7357 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a
7358 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it
7359 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error.
7361 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){
7362 int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7363 if( pPager->pWal ){
7364 sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
7365 }else{
7366 rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7368 return rc;
7370 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */
7371 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
7373 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
7375 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
7376 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
7377 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
7378 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
7379 ** is empty, return 0.
7381 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
7382 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
7383 return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
7385 #endif
7388 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
7390 /* BEGIN SQLCIPHER */
7391 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
7392 void sqlite3pager_get_codec(Pager *pPager, void **ctx) {
7393 *ctx = pPager->pCodec;
7396 int sqlite3pager_is_mj_pgno(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno) {
7397 return (PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) == pgno) ? 1 : 0;
7400 sqlite3_file *sqlite3Pager_get_fd(Pager *pPager) {
7401 return (isOpen(pPager->fd)) ? pPager->fd : NULL;
7404 void sqlite3pager_sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
7405 Pager *pPager,
7406 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
7407 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
7408 void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
7409 void *pCodec
7411 sqlite3PagerSetCodec(pPager, xCodec, xCodecSizeChng, xCodecFree, pCodec);
7414 void sqlite3pager_sqlite3PagerSetError( Pager *pPager, int error) {
7415 pPager->errCode = error;
7418 #endif
7419 /* END SQLCIPHER */